blob: ed79298fd4ea9f09911ac5bbc7860da870d9055a [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000142 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400144 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200145 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800146 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700225
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
233
234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800295 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
Ashish Kumar63b23162017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530316- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
317 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
318 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
319 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
320
321 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
322
323 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
324 CCN-400
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000325
Ashish Kumarc055cee2017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530326 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
327
328 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
329
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000330The following options need to be configured:
331
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500334- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200335
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530336- Marvell Family Member
337 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
338 multiple fs option at one time
339 for marvell soc family
340
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000342 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
343
344 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
345 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
346 compliance, among other possible reasons.
347
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600348 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
349
350 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
351 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
352 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
353
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500354 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
355
356 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
357 tree nodes for the given platform.
358
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
360
361 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
362 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
364
365 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
367
368 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
369 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
370
371 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
372 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
373 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
374 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
375
376 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
377 this erratum.
378
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530379 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
380 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800381 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530382
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530383 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
384 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800385 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530386
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
388
389 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
390 according to the A004510 workaround.
391
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
393 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
394 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
395
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
397 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
398 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
399
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
401 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
402 connected to the DSP core.
403
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
405 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
406
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
408 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
409 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
410 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
411
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530412 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
413 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800414 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530415
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800416 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800417 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800418 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
419
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000420- Generic CPU options:
421 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
422
423 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
424 values is arch specific.
425
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
427 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
428 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
429 SoCs.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
432 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
435 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
436 deskew training are not available.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
439 Freescale DDR1 controller.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
442 Freescale DDR2 controller.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
445 Freescale DDR3 controller.
446
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
448 Freescale DDR4 controller.
449
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
452
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
454 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
455 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
456 implemetation.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400459 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
461 implementation.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
464 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700465 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
468 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
469 DDR3L controllers.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
472 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700474
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
476 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
477
478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
479 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
480
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
482 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
483
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
485 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
486
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
488 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
489 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
492 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
493 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
494 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
495
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530496 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
497 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
498 concatenated with u-boot binary.
499
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
501 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
502
503 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
504 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
505
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
507 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
508 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
509 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
510
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
512 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
513 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
514 SoCs with ARM core.
515
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
517 Number of controllers used as main memory.
518
519 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
520 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
521
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
523 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
524
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
526 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
529 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
530
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200531- MIPS CPU options:
532 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
533
534 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
535 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
536 relocation.
537
538 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
539
540 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
541 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
542 Possible values are:
543 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
544 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
545 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
546 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
547 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
548 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
549 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
550 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
553
554 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
555 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
556
557 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
558
559 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
560 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
561 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
562
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000563- ARM options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
565
566 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
567 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
568
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700569 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
570 Generic timer clock source frequency.
571
572 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
573 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
574 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
575 at run time.
576
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700577- Tegra SoC options:
578 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
579
580 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
581 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
582 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
583
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000584- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
586
587 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
588 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
589 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
590 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
591 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
592 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
593 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000594 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100595 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000596 default environment.
597
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000598 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
599
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800600 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000601 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
602 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
603
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400604 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200605
606 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400607 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
608 concepts).
609
610 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
611 * New libfdt-based support
612 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500613 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400614
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200615 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600616 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200617
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200618 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
619 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500620
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600621 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
622
623 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
624 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000625
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600626 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
627
628 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
629 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
630 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
631 the kernel.
632
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200633 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
634
635 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
636 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
637 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
638 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
639 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
640 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
641
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000642 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
643
644 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
645 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
646 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
647 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
648 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
649 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
650 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
651
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100652- vxWorks boot parameters:
653
654 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700655 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
656 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100657 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
658
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100659 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
660 the defaults discussed just above.
661
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000662- Cache Configuration:
663 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
664 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
665 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
666
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000667- Cache Configuration for ARM:
668 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
669 controller
670 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
671 controller register space
672
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000673- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200674 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000675
676 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
677
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200678 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000679
680 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
681
682 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
683
684 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
685 the clock speed of the UARTs.
686
687 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
688
689 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
690 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
691 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
692
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400693 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
694
695 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
696 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000698- Console Baudrate:
699 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
700 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200701 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000703- Autoboot Command:
704 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
705 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
706 define a command string that is automatically executed
707 when no character is read on the console interface
708 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000711 The value of these goes into the environment as
712 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
713 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200714 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
716- Pre-Boot Commands:
717 CONFIG_PREBOOT
718
719 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
720 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
721 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
722 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
723 entering interactive mode.
724
725 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
726 automatically generated or modified. For an example
727 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
728 modified when the user holds down a certain
729 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
730 booting the systems
731
732- Serial Download Echo Mode:
733 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
734 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
735 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
736 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
737 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
738 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
739 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
740
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500741- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000742 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
743 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200744 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000745
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600746- Removal of commands
747 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
748 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
749 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
750 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
751 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
752 simple boot procedures.
753
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000754- Regular expression support:
755 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200756 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
757 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
758 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
759 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000760
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000761- Device tree:
762 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
763 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
764 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
765 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
766 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
767 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
768
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000769 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700770 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000771
772 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
773 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
774 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
775 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
776 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsueb3eb602017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900777 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000778
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000779 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
780 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
781 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
782 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
783
784 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
785
786 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
787 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
788 still use the individual files if you need something more
789 exotic.
790
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700791 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
792 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
793 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
794 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
795 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
796
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797- Watchdog:
798 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
799 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000800 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200801 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
802 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
803 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
804 available, then no further board specific code should
805 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000806
807 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
808 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
809 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
810 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000811
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100812 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
813 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
814
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000815- U-Boot Version:
816 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
817 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
818 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
819 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200820 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
821 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000822
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000823- Real-Time Clock:
824
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000826 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
827 following options:
828
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000830 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000832 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000833 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000834 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200835 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000836 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100837 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000838 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200839 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200840 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
841 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000843 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
844 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
845
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600846- GPIO Support:
847 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600848
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000849 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
850 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
851 pins supported by a particular chip.
852
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600853 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
854 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
855
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600856- I/O tracing:
857 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
858 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
859 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
860 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
861 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
862 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
863 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
864 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
865
866 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
867 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
868 still continue to operate.
869
870 iotrace is enabled
871 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
872 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
873 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
874 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
875 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
876 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
877
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000878- Timestamp Support:
879
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000880 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
881 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
882 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000884
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000885- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
886 Zero or more of the following:
887 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000888 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
889 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
890 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
891 disk/part_efi.c
892 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893
Simon Glassfc843a02017-05-17 03:25:30 -0600894 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600895 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000896 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
898- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000899 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
900 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000901
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000902 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
903 be performed by calling the function
904 ide_set_reset(int reset)
905 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906
907- ATAPI Support:
908 CONFIG_ATAPI
909
910 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
911
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000912- LBA48 Support
913 CONFIG_LBA48
914
915 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100916 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000917 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
918 support disks up to 2.1TB.
919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200920 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000921 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
922 Default is 32bit.
923
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000924- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200925 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
926 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
927 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
929 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000930
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200931 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
932 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000933
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000935 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000936 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
937
938 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
939 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
940 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
941 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
942
943 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
944 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
945 example with the "sspi" command.
946
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000947 CONFIG_EEPRO100
948 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200949 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000950 write routine for first time initialisation.
951
952 CONFIG_TULIP
953 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
954 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
955 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
956
957 CONFIG_NATSEMI
958 Support for National dp83815 chips.
959
960 CONFIG_NS8382X
961 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
962
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000963- NETWORK Support (other):
964
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100965 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
966 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
967
968 CONFIG_RMII
969 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
970
971 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
972 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
973 The driver doen't show link status messages.
974
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000975 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
976 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
977
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000978 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000979 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
980
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000981 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
982 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
983
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000984 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000985 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
986
987 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
988 Define this to hold the physical address
989 of the device (I/O space)
990
991 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
992 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
993
994 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
995 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
996 (some hardware wont work with macros)
997
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500998 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
999 Support for davinci emac
1000
1001 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1002 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1003
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001004 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1005 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1006
1007 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1008 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1009 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1010 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1011 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1012 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1013 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1014 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1015
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001016 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1017 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1018
1019 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1020 Define the number of ports to be used
1021
1022 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1023 Define the ETH PHY's address
1024
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001025 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1026 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1027
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001028- PWM Support:
1029 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001030 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001031
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001032- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001033 CONFIG_TPM
1034 Support TPM devices.
1035
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001036 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1037 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001038 per system is supported at this time.
1039
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001040 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1041 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1042
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001043 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1044 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1045
1046 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1047 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1048 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1049
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001050 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1051 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1052 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1053
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001054 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1055 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1056
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001057 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001058 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1059 per system is supported at this time.
1060
1061 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1062 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1063 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1064 0xfed40000.
1065
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001066 CONFIG_TPM
1067 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1068 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1069 Requires support for a TPM device.
1070
1071 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1072 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1073 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1074
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075- USB Support:
1076 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001077 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1079 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001080 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001081 storage devices.
1082 Note:
1083 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1084 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001085
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001086 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1087 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1088
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001089 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1090 HW module registers.
1091
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001092- USB Device:
1093 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1094 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1095 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001096 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001097 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1098 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001099 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001100 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1101 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1102 a Linux host by
1103 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1104 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1105 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1106 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001107
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001108 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1109 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001111 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1112 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1113 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001114
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301115 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1116 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1117 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1118 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1119 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1120 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1121 speed.
1122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001123 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001124 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1125 be set to usbtty.
1126
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001127 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001128 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001129 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001130 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1131 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1132 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1133
1134 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1135 Define this string as the name of your company for
1136 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001137
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001138 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1139 Define this string as the name of your product
1140 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1141
1142 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1143 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1144 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1145 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1146 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001147
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001148 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1149 Define this as the unique Product ID
1150 for your device
1151 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001153- ULPI Layer Support:
1154 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1155 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1156 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1157 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1158 viewport is supported.
1159 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1160 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001161 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1162 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1163 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164
1165- MMC Support:
1166 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1167 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1168 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1169 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001170 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1171 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001172
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001173 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1174 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1175
1176 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1177 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1178
1179 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1180 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1181
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001182 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1183 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1184
1185 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1186 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1187 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1188
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001189- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasutbb4059a2018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001190 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001191 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1192
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001193 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1194 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1195
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001196 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1197 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1198
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301199 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1200 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1201 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1202 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1203 one that would help mostly the developer.
1204
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001205 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1206 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1207 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1208 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1209 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1210
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001211 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1212 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1213 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1214 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1215 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1216 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1217
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001218 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1219 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1220 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1221 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1222
1223 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1224 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1225 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1226 sending again an USB request to the device.
1227
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001228- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001229 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001230 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001232 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1233 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001234 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1235
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001236- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001237 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1238
1239 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1240
1241 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1242 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1243 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1244 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1245 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001246
1247- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001248 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001249 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001250 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1251 support, and should also define these other macros:
1252
1253 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1254 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001255 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1256 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1257 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1258 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1259 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1260
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001261 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1262 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001263 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001264 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001265
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1267
1268 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1269 display); also select one of the supported displays
1270 by defining one of these:
1271
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001272 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1273
1274 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1275
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001276 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001277
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001278 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001279
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001280 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001281
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001282 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1283 Active, color, single scan.
1284
1285 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1286
1287 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001288 Active, color, single scan.
1289
1290 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1291
1292 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1293 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1294
1295 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1296
1297 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1298 Active, color, single scan.
1299
1300 CONFIG_HLD1045
1301
1302 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1303 Active, color, single scan.
1304
1305 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1306
1307 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1308 or
1309 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1310 or
1311 Hitachi SP14Q002
1312
1313 320x240. Black & white.
1314
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001315 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1316
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001317 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001318 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1319 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1320 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1321 a per-section basis.
1322
1323
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001324 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1325
1326 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1327 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1328 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1329 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1330 printed out.
1331 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1332 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1333 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1334 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1335 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1336 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1337 1 = 90 degree rotation
1338 2 = 180 degree rotation
1339 3 = 270 degree rotation
1340
1341 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1342 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1343
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001344 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1345
1346 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1347
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001348 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1349
1350 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1351 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1352
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001353- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001354
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001355 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1356 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1357 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001358 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001359 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1360 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1361 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1362 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001363
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001364 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1365
1366 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1367 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001368 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001369 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1370 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1371 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1372 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1373 there is no need to set this option.
1374
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001375 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1376
1377 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1378 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1379 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1380 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1381 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1382 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1383
1384 Example:
1385 setenv splashpos m,m
1386 => image at center of screen
1387
1388 setenv splashpos 30,20
1389 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1390
1391 setenv splashpos -10,m
1392 => vertically centered image
1393 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1394
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001395- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1396
1397 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1398 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1399 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1400
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001401- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1402
1403 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1404 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1405 bmp command.
1406
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001407- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001408 CONFIG_GZIP
1409
1410 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1411
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001412 CONFIG_BZIP2
1413
1414 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1415 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1416 compressed images are supported.
1417
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001418 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001419 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001420 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001421
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001422- MII/PHY support:
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001423 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1424
1425 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1426
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001427 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1428
1429 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1430 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1431 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1432 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1433
1434 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1435
1436 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1437 command issued before MII status register can be read
1438
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001439- IP address:
1440 CONFIG_IPADDR
1441
1442 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001443 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001444 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001445 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001446
1447- Server IP address:
1448 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1449
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001450 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001451 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001452 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001453
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001454 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1455
1456 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1457 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1458
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001459- Gateway IP address:
1460 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1461
1462 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1463 default router where packets to other networks are
1464 sent to.
1465 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1466
1467- Subnet mask:
1468 CONFIG_NETMASK
1469
1470 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1471 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1472 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1473 forwarded through a router.
1474 (Environment variable "netmask")
1475
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001476- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1477 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1478
1479 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1480 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001481 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001482 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1483 multicast group.
1484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001485- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1486 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1487
1488 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1489 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1490 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1491 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1492 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1493 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1494 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1495 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001496 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497
1498 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1499 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1500 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1501 4th and following
1502 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1503
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001504 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1505
1506 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1507 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1508 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1509 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1510 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1511 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1512 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1513 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1514 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1515 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1516 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1517 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1518 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1519 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1520 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1521
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001522- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001523 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1524 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001525
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001526 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001527 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001528 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1529 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1530 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1531 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001532 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001533
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001534 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1535 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001536
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001537 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1538 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1539 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1540 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1541 is not available.
1542
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001543 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1544 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1545 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001546 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001547 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1548 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001549
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001550 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1551
1552 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1553 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1554 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1555 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1556 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1557 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1558 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1559 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1560 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1561 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1562 this delay.
1563
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001564 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1565 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1566 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1567 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1568 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1569
1570 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1571
Prabhakar Kushwaha24acb832017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301572 - MAC address from environment variables
1573
1574 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1575
1576 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1577 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1578 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1579 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1580
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001581 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001582 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001583
1584 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1585
1586 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1587
1588 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1589 of the device.
1590
1591 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1592
1593 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1594 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001595 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001596
1597 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1598
1599 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1600 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1601
1602 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1603
1604 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1605
1606 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1607
1608 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1609
1610 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1611
1612 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1613
1614 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1615
1616 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1617 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1618
1619 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1620
1621 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1622
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001623- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001624
1625 Several configurations allow to display the current
1626 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1627 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1628 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1629 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1630 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001631 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001632 feature in U-Boot.
1633
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001634 Additional options:
1635
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001636 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001637 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1638 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001639 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001640 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1641
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001642 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1643 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1644 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1645 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1646 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1647 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1648
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001649- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001650
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001651 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1652 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1653 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1654 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1655 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1656 interface.
1657
1658 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001659 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1660 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1661 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1662 for defining speed and slave address
1663 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1664 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1665 for defining speed and slave address
1666 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1667 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1668 for defining speed and slave address
1669 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1670 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1671 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001672
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001673 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1674 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1675 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1676 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1677 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1678 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001679 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001680 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1681 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1682 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1683 second bus.
1684
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001685 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001686 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1687 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1688 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001689
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001690 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1691 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1692 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1693 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1694
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001695 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1696 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001697 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1698 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1699 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1700 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001701 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1702 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1703 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1704 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1705 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1706 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001707 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1708 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001709 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001710 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1711
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001712 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1713 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1714 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1715
1716 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1717 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1718 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1719 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1720 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1721 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1722 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1723 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1724 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1725
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001726 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1727 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1728 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1729
1730 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1731 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1732 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1733 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1734 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1735 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1736 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1737 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1738 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1739 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001740 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001741
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001742 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1743 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1744 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1745 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1746 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1747 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1748 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1749 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1750 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1751 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1752 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1753 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1754
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001755 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1756 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1757 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1758 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1759
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301760 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1761 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1762 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1763 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1764 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1765
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001766 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1767 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1768 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1769 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1770 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1771 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1772 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1773 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1774 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1775 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1776 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1777 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1778 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1779 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001780 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1781 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1782 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1783 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1784 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1785 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1786 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1787 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1788 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001789
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001790 additional defines:
1791
1792 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001793 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001794
1795 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1796 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1797 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1798 omit this define.
1799
1800 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1801 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1802 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1803 define.
1804
1805 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001806 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001807 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1808 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1809 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1810
1811 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1812 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1813 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1814 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1815 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1816 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1817 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1818 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1819 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1820 }
1821
1822 which defines
1823 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001824 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1825 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1826 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1827 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1828 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001829 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001830 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1831 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001832
1833 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1834
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001835- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001836 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001837 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1838 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001839
1840 I2C_INIT
1841
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001842 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001843 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001844
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001845 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001846
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001847 I2C_ACTIVE
1848
1849 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1850 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1851 define can be null.
1852
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001853 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1854
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001855 I2C_TRISTATE
1856
1857 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1858 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1859 define can be null.
1860
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001861 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1862
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001863 I2C_READ
1864
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001865 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1866 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001867
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001868 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001870 I2C_SDA(bit)
1871
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001872 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1873 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001874
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001875 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001876 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001877 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879 I2C_SCL(bit)
1880
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001881 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1882 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001883
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001884 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001885 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001886 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001887
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001888 I2C_DELAY
1889
1890 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1891 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001892 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001893 like:
1894
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001895 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001896
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001897 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1898
1899 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1900 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1901 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1902 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1903
1904 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1905 the generic GPIO functions.
1906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001907 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001908
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001909 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1910 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1911 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1912 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1913 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1914 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1915 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1916 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001917
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001918 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1919
1920 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001921 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1922 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001923 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001925 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001926
1927 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001928 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001929 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1930 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001931
1932 e.g.
1933 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001934 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001935
1936 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1937
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001938 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001939 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001940
1941 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001943 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001944
1945 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1946 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001948 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001949
1950 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1951 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1952
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001953 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1954
1955 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1956 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1957 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1958 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1959 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1960 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1961 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001962
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1964
1965 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1966 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1967 D/As on the SACSng board)
1968
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1970
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001971 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1972 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1973 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1974 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1975 defined, the board configuration must define several
1976 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1977 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001978
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001979 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1980
1981 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1982 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1983 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001984 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001985 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1986
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001987 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1988 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1989 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1990
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001991- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1992
1993 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1994
1995 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1996
1997 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1998 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1999
2000 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2001
2002 Enables support for FPGA family.
2003 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2004
2005 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002006
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002007 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002009 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002010
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002011 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002013 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002015 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2016 status by the configuration function. This option
2017 will require a board or device specific function to
2018 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019
2020 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2021
2022 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2023 configuration driver.
2024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002025 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002026 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002028 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002030 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2031 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2032 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2033 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002035 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002036
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002037 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2038 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002039 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002040 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002042 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002043
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002044 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002045 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002046
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002047 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002048
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002049 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002050 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002051
2052- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002053 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2054
2055 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2056 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2057 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2058 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002059 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002061 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2062
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002063 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2064 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065
2066- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2067
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002068 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2069 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002070 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002071 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2072 protects these variables from casual modification by
2073 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2074 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002075 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076
2077 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2078 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002079 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002080 these parameters.
2081
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002082 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2083 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002084 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002085 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2086 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2087 read-only.]
2088
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002089 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2090 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2091 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2092 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2093
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002094- Protected RAM:
2095 CONFIG_PRAM
2096
2097 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2098 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2099 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2100 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2101 this default value by defining an environment
2102 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2103 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2104 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2105 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2106 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2107 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2108 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2109
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002110 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111 saveenv
2112
2113 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2114 either, which results in a memory region that will
2115 not be affected by reboots.
2116
2117 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2118 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2119 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2120 following board configurations are known to be
2121 "pRAM-clean":
2122
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002123 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002124 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002125 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002127- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2128 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2129 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2130 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2131 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2132 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2133 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2134
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002136 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2137
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002138 This variable defines the number of retries for
2139 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2140 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2141 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002143 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2144
2145 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2146
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002147 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2148
2149 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2150 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2151 try longer timeout such as
2152 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2153
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002154- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002155 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002156
2157 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2158 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2159 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2160
2161 Note:
2162
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002163 In the current implementation, the local variables
2164 space and global environment variables space are
2165 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2166 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2167 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2168 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2169 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002171 Global environment variables are those you use
2172 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2173 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2174 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002175
2176 To store commands and special characters in a
2177 variable, please use double quotation marks
2178 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2179 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2180 symbols.
2181
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002182- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002183 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2184
2185 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2186 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2187 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2188 and PS2.
2189
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002190- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002191 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2192
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002193 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2194 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002195 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002196
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002197 For example, place something like this in your
2198 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002199
2200 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2201 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2202 "myvar2=value2\0"
2203
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002204 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2205 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2206 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2207 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002208 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209 You better know what you are doing here.
2210
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002211 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2212 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002213 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002214 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002215
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002216 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2217
2218 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2219 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2220 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2221
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002222 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2223
2224 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002225 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002226 that so that the environment is not available until
2227 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2228 this is instead controlled by the value of
2229 /config/load-environment.
2230
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002231- Serial Flash support
Simon Glass00fd59d2017-08-04 16:35:06 -06002232 Usage requires an initial 'sf probe' to define the serial
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002233 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2234 commands.
2235
2236 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2237 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2238 flash is present on the system.
2239
2240 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2241 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2242 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2243 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2244
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002245
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002246- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2247 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2248
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002249 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002250 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002251 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002252 number generator is used.
2253
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002254 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2255 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2256 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2257
2258 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002259 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2260 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2261 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2262 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2263 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2264 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2265
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002266- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002267 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2268
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002269 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2270 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2271 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2272 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2273 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2274 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002275
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002276
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002277Legacy uImage format:
2278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279 Arg Where When
2280 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002281 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002283 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002285 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2287 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2288 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002289 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2291 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2292 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2293 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002294 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002295 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002296
2297 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2298 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2299 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2300 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2301 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2302 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2303 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002304 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002305 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2306 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2307
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002308 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002310 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002311 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2312 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002313
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002314 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2315 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2316 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2317 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2318 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2319 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2320 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2321 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2322 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2323 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2324 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2325 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2326 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2327 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2328 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2329 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2330 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2331 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2332 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2333 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2334 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2335 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2336 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2337 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2338 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2339 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2340 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2341 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2342 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2343 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2344 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2345 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2346 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2347 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2348 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2349 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2350 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2351 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2352 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2353 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2354 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2355 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2356 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2357 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2358 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2359 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2360 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002361
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002362 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002363
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002364 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002365 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2366 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002367
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002368 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002369 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2370 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2371 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002372 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2373 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002374 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2375 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002376 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002377
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002378FIT uImage format:
2379
2380 Arg Where When
2381 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2382 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2383 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2384 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2385 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2386 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002387 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002388 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2389 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2390 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2391 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2392 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002393 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2394 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002395 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2396 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2397 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2398 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2399 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2400 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2401 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2402 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2403
2404 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2405 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2406 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002407 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002408 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2409 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2410 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2411 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2412 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2413 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2414 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2415 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2416 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2417 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2418 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2419 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2420
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002421 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002422 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2423
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002424 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002425 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2426
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002427 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002428 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2429
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002430- legacy image format:
2431 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2432 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2433
2434 Default:
2435 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2436
2437 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2438 disable the legacy image format
2439
2440 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2441 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2442
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002443- Standalone program support:
2444 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2445
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002446 This option defines a board specific value for the
2447 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2448 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002449 settings.
2450
2451- Frame Buffer Address:
2452 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2453
2454 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002455 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2456 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2457 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2458 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2459 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2460 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2461 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002462
2463 Please see board_init_f function.
2464
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002465- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2466 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2467 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2468 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2469
2470 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2471 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2472
2473- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2474 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2475
2476 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2477 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2478
2479 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2480
2481 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2482 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2483
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002484- UBI support
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002485 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2486 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2487 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2488 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2489 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2490 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2491
2492 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2493 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2494 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2495 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2496 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2497
2498 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002499
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002500 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2501 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2502 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2503 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2504 flash), this value is ignored.
2505
2506 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2507 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2508 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2509 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2510 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2511 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2512
2513 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2514 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2515 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2516 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2517 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2518 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2519 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2520 partition.
2521
2522 default: 20
2523
2524 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2525 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2526 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2527 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2528 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2529 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2530 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2531 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2532 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2533 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2534 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2535 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2536
2537 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2538 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2539 without a fastmap.
2540 default: 0
2541
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002542 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2543 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2544 default: 0
2545
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002546- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002547 CONFIG_SPL
2548 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002549
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002550 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2551 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2552
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002553 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2554 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2555 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2556 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002557 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002558 must not be both defined at the same time.
2559
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002560 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002561 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2562 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2563 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2564 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002565
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002566 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2567 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002568
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002569 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2570 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2571 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2572
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002573 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2574 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2575
2576 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002577 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2578 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2579 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002580 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002581 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002582
2583 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2584 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2585
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002586 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2587 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2588 loaded does not have a signature.
2589 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2590 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2591 will be caught.
2592 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2593 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2594 and thus should be skipped silently.
2595
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002596 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2597 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2598 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2599 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2600
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002601 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2602 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002603 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2604 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2605 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002606
2607 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2608 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002609
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002610 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2611 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2612 See also: doc/README.falcon
2613
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002614 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2615 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2616 about the running system.
2617
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002618 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2619 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2620
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002621 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2622 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2623 used in raw mode
2624
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002625 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2626 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2627 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2628
2629 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2630 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2631 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2632 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2633 (for falcon mode)
2634
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002635 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2636 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2637 used in fs mode
2638
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002639 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2640 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2641
2642 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002643 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002644 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002645
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002646 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002647 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002648 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002649
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002650 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2651 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2652 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2653 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2654 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2655
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302656 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2657 Avoid SPL relocation
2658
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002659 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2660 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2661 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2662
2663 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2664 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2665
2666 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2667 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2668
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002669 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002670 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2671 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002672
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002673 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2674 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2675 loader
2676
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002677 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2678 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2679 if you need to save space.
2680
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002681 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2682 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2683 SPL binary.
2684
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002685 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2686 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2687 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2688 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2689 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2690 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002691 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002692
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302693 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2694 Add support NAND boot
2695
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002697 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2698
2699 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2700 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2701
2702 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2703 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002704
2705 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002706 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002707
2708 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2709 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002710 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002711
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002712 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2713 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2714
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002715 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002716 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2717 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2718 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2719 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2720 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002721
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002722 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2723 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2724 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2725 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2726
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002727 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
2728 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2729 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2730 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2731 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2732
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002733- TPL framework
2734 CONFIG_TPL
2735 Enable building of TPL globally.
2736
2737 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2738 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2739 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002740 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2741 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2742 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002743
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002744- Interrupt support (PPC):
2745
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002746 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2747 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002748 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002749 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002750 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002751 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002752 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002753 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2754 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2755 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002758Board initialization settings:
2759------------------------------
2760
2761During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2762to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2763before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2764following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2765architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2766typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2767
2768- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2769- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2770- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2771- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002772
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002773Configuration Settings:
2774-----------------------
2775
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002776- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2777 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2778
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002779- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002780 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2781
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002782- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2783 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002785- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786 prompt for user input.
2787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002788- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002790- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002794- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2796 booted
2797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002798- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002801- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2803 simple memory test.
2804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002805- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002806 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002808- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002809 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2810 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2811
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002812- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002813 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002814 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2815 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2816 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002817 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002818 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2819 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2820
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002821- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002822 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002823 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002824 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002825 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2826 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2827 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002828 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002829 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002830 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002831
2832 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2833 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2834 be touched.
2835
2836 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2837 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2838 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2839 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2840 problems.
2841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002845- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002846 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002848- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002851- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002852 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2853 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002854 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002855 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002858 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2859 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2860 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2861 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002863- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002864 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2865
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002866- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2867 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2868 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2869 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2870 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2871 space.
2872
2873 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2874 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2875 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002876 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002877 U-Boot relocates itself.
2878
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002879- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2880 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2881 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2882 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2883
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002884- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2885 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2886 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2887 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2888 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2889 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2890 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2891 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2892 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2893 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2894 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2895 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2896 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2897 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2898 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2899 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2900
2901 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002903- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002904 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2905 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002906 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002907 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002909- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002910 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2911 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002912 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2913 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002914 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002915 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002916 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002917 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2918 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2919 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002920
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002921- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2922 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2923 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2924 is enabled.
2925
2926- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2927 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2928 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2929
2930- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2931 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2932 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002934- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002935 Max number of Flash memory banks
2936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002937- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002940- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002941 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002943- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002944 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002946- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002947 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002949- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002950 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2951
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002952- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002953 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2954 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002956- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002957
2958 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2959 without this option such a download has to be
2960 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2961 copy from RAM to flash.
2962
2963 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2964 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002965 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2966 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002969- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002970 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002971 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002973- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002974 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2975 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002977- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2978 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2979 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2980 to the MTD layer.
2981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002982- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002983 Use buffered writes to flash.
2984
2985- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2986 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2987 write commands.
2988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002989- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002990 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2991 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2992 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2993 optionally available.
2994
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002995- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2996 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2997 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2998 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2999
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003000- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3001 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3002 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3003 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3004 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3005 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3006 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3007 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003009- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003010 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3011 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003012 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3013 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003014 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003015 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3016
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003017- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3018
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003019 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3020 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3021 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3022 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3023 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003024
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003025- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3026- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003027 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003028 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3029 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3030 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3031
3032 The format of the list is:
3033 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003034 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3035 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003036 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3037 list = entry[,list]
3038
3039 The type attributes are:
3040 s - String (default)
3041 d - Decimal
3042 x - Hexadecimal
3043 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3044 i - IP address
3045 m - MAC address
3046
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003047 The access attributes are:
3048 a - Any (default)
3049 r - Read-only
3050 o - Write-once
3051 c - Change-default
3052
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003053 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3054 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003055 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003056
3057 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3058 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3059 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3060 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3061 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3062 ".flags" variable.
3063
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003064 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3065 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3066 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3067
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003068- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3069 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3070 access flags.
3071
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003072- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3073 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3074 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3075 building U-Boot to enable this.
3076
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003077The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3078of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3079following configurations:
3080
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003081- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3082
3083 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3084 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003086BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003087in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003088console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003089U-Boot will hang.
3090
3091Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3092environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3093keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3094to save the current settings.
3095
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003096BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3097"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003098environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3099but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003100
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003101- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3102
3103 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3104 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3105 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3106
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003107Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003108has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass00caae62017-08-03 12:22:12 -06003109created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110until then to read environment variables.
3111
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003112The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3113is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3114with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3115necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3116"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3117have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003118
3119Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3120the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003121use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003123- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003124 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003125
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003126 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003127 also needs to be defined.
3128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003129- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003130 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003131
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003132- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3133 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3134 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3135 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3136 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3137 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3138
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003139- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3140 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3141 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3142 to do this.
3143
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003144- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3145 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3146 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3147 present.
3148
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003149- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3150 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3151 build system checks that the actual size does not
3152 exceed it.
3153
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003155---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003157- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003158 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3159
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003160- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3161 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3162 PowerPC SOCs.
3163
3164- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3165 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3166 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3167
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003168- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3169 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3170 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003171 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003172 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3173 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3174 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3175
3176 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3177 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3178
3179- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003180 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3181 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003182 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3183 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3184
3185- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3186 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3187 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3188 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3189
3190- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3191 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3192 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3193
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003194- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003195 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003196
3197 the default drive number (default value 0)
3198
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003199 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003200
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003201 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003202 (default value 1)
3203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003204 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003205
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003206 defines the offset of register from address. It
3207 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003208 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003210 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3211 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003212 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003214 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003215 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3216 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003217 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003218 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003219
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003220- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3221 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3222 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3223 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3224 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3225 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003226 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003228- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003229 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003230 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003232- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003234 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3236 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3237 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3238 will become available only after programming the
3239 memory controller and running certain initialization
3240 sequences.
3241
3242 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003243 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003245- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003246
3247 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003248 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3249 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003250 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003251 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003252 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003253 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3254 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003255
3256 Note:
3257 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3258 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003259 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003260 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3261 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003263- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003265- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003266 SDRAM timing
3267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003268- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269 periodic timer for refresh
3270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003271- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3272 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3273 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3274 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003275 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3276
3277- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003278 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3279 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3281
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003282- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003283 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003284 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3285 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3286 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3287 by coreboot or similar.
3288
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003289- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3290 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3291
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003292- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3293 Chip has SRIO or not
3294
3295- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3296 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3297
3298- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3299 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3300
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003301- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3302 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3303
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003304- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3305 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3306
3307- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3308 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3309
3310- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3311 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3312
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003313- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3314 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3315 a 16 bit bus.
3316 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003317 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003318 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003319 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003320
3321- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3322 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3323 a default value will be used.
3324
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003325- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003326 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3327 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3328
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003329 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3330 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003332- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003333 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3334 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3335 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003336
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003337- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3338 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3339 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3340 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3341 header files or board specific files.
3342
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003343- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3344 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3345
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003346- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3347 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3348
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003349- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3350 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003352- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003353 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3354 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003355
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003356- CONFIG_RMII
3357 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3358 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3359 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3360
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003361- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3362 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3363 The syntax is:
3364
3365 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3366
3367 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3368 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3369 area should have.
3370
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003371- CONFIG_LOOPW
3372 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003373 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003374
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003375- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3376 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3377 "md/mw" commands.
3378 Examples:
3379
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003380 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003381 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3382
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003383 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003384 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3385
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003386 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003387 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003388
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003389- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003390 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003391 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3392 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3393 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003394
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003395 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3396 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3397 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3398 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003399
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003400- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3401 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003402 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003403 instruction cache) is still performed.
3404
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003405- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003406 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3407 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3408 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003409
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003410- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3411 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3412 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3413 It is loaded by the SPL.
3414
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003415- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3416 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3417 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3418 previous 4k of the .text section.
3419
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003420- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3421 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3422 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3423 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3424 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3425 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3426 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3427 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3428
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003429- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3430 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3431 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003432
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01003433- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
3434 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
3435
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003436- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3437 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3438 driver that uses this:
3439 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
3440
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003441Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3442-----------------------------------
3443
3444The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3445loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3446This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3447are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3448within that device.
3449
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003450- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3451 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3452 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3453 is also specified.
3454
3455- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3456 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003457 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3458 is also specified.
3459
3460- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3461 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3462 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3463 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3464 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3465
3466- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3467 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3468 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3469 virtual address in NOR flash.
3470
3471- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3472 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3473 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3474
3475- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3476 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3477 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3478
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003479- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3480 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3481 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003482 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3483 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3484 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003485
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003486Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3487---------------------------------------------------------
3488The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3489"firmware".
3490This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3491are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3492within that device.
3493
3494- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3495 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3496
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303497Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3498-------------------------------------------
3499The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3500"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3501This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3502
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003503- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3504 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303505
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003506Reproducible builds
3507-------------------
3508
3509In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3510process have to be set to a fixed value.
3511
3512This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3513SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3514option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3515
3516SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3517
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518Building the Software:
3519======================
3520
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003521Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3522and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3523all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3524(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3525recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3526which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003527
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003528If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3529have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3530you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3531Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3532necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003534 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3535 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003537Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3538 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3539 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3540 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3541
3542 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3543
3544 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3545 be executed on computers running Windows.
3546
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003547U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3548sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549is done by typing:
3550
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003551 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003553where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003554rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003556Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3557 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3558 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3559 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003560 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003562 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003563 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003564
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003565 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003566 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003568 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003571Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3572images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003574- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3575- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3576- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003578By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3579in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3580this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3581
35821. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3583
3584 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003585 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003586 make O=/tmp/build all
3587
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020035882. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003589
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003590 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003591 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003592 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003593 make all
3594
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003595Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003596variable.
3597
Daniel Schwierzeck215bb1c2018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003598User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3599setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3600For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3601
3602 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003604Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3605for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3606native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003607
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003609If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3610to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3611steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010036131. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003614 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003615 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
36162. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3617 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036183. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3619 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020036204. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036215. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3622 to be installed on your target system.
36236. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3624 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003627Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3628==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003630If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3631or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003632provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3633the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003634official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003635
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003636But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3637cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003638the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003639just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3640configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3641will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3642for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003643
3644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003645See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003646
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003648Monitor Commands - Overview:
3649============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003651go - start application at address 'addr'
3652run - run commands in an environment variable
3653bootm - boot application image from memory
3654bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003655bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3657 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3658 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003659tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3661diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3662loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3663loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3664md - memory display
3665mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3666nm - memory modify (constant address)
3667mw - memory write (fill)
3668cp - memory copy
3669cmp - memory compare
3670crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003671i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003672sspi - SPI utility commands
3673base - print or set address offset
3674printenv- print environment variables
3675setenv - set environment variables
3676saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3677protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3678erase - erase FLASH memory
3679flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003680nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003681bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3682iminfo - print header information for application image
3683coninfo - print console devices and informations
3684ide - IDE sub-system
3685loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003686loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003687mtest - simple RAM test
3688icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3689dcache - enable or disable data cache
3690reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3691echo - echo args to console
3692version - print monitor version
3693help - print online help
3694? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003695
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003697Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3698========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003700TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003702For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
3704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003705Environment Variables:
3706======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003708U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3709can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003711Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3712"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3713without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3714environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3715working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3716environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003718Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3719
3720List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003722 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003724 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003726 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003728 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003730 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003732 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3733 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3734 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3735 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3736 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3737 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003738 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3739 bootm_mapsize.
3740
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003741 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003742 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3743 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3744 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3745 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3746 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3747 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003748
3749 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3750 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3751 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3752 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3753 environment variable.
3754
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003755 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3756 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3757 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003759 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3760 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3761 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3762 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003764 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3765 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3766 be automatically started (by internally calling
3767 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003769 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3770 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3771 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3772 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3773 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003775 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3776 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003777 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3778 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3779 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3780 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3781 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3782 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3783 access it during the boot procedure.
3784
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003785 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3786 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3787 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3788 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3789 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3790 must be accessible by the kernel.
3791
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003792 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3793 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3794 defined.
3795
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003796 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3797 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3798 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3799 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3800 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003802 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3803 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3804 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3805 is usually what you want since it allows for
3806 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3807 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003808 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003809 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3810 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3811 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3812 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003814 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3815 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3816 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3817 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3818 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3819 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003823 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3824 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3825 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3826 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3827 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3828 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3829 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3834 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003836 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003838 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003840 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003842 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003844 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003846 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003847
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003848 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3849 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003851 => setenv ethact FEC
3852 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3853 => setenv ethact SCC
3854 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003856 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3857 available network interfaces.
3858 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3859
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003860 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003861 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3862 When set to "once" the network operation will
3863 fail when all the available network interfaces
3864 are tried once without success.
3865 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3866 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003868 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003869
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003870 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003871 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3872 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3873 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3874 is silent.
3875
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003876 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003877 UDP source port.
3878
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003879 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003880 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3881
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003882 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3883 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3884
3885 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3886 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3887 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3888 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3889 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3890 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3891 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3892
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003893 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3894 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3895 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3896 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3897 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3898 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3899 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3900
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003901 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003902 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003904
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003905 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3906 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3907 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3908 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3909 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3910
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003911The following image location variables contain the location of images
3912used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3913not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3914variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3915server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3916loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3917flash or offset in NAND flash.
3918
3919*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003920boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003921boards use these variables for other purposes.
3922
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003923Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3924----- --------- ----------- --------------
3925u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3926Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3927device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3928ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003930The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3931updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3932depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003934 bootfile - see above
3935 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3936 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3937 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3938 hostname - Target hostname
3939 ipaddr - see above
3940 netmask - Subnet Mask
3941 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3942 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003943
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003945There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3948 as type string and/or serial number
3949 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003951These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3952the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3953once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
3955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003956Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003958 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3959 with the "version" command. This variable is
3960 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003963Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3964only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003966
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003967Callback functions for environment variables:
3968---------------------------------------------
3969
3970For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003971when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003972be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3973deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3974effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3975
3976The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3977U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3978
3979These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3980static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3981in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3982associations. The list must be in the following format:
3983
3984 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3985 list = entry[,list]
3986
3987If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3988Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3989
3990Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3991with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3992override any association in the static list. You can define
3993CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003994".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003995
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003996If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3997regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3998the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3999
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001Command Line Parsing:
4002=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4005the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004007Old, simple command line parser:
4008--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004010- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4011- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004012- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004013- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4014 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004015 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004016- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4017 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019Hush shell:
4020-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004022- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4023 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4024 until...do...done, ...
4025- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4026 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4027 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4028 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004030General rules:
4031--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4034 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4035 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4036 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004038(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004039 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004040 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4041 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004043Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4044=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004045
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004046Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004047such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4048"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004050Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4051MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4052"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004054If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4055in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4056ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4057variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004059o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4060 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4063 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4064 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4067 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004069o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4070 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4071 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004073o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004074 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4075 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004076
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004077If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004078will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004079may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4080The naming convention is as follows:
4081"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083Image Formats:
4084==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004086U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4087images in two formats:
4088
4089New uImage format (FIT)
4090-----------------------
4091
4092Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4093to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4094components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4095SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4096
4097
4098Old uImage format
4099-----------------
4100
4101Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4102preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4103details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004105* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4106 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004107 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4108 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4109 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004110* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004111 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004112 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4114* Load Address
4115* Entry Point
4116* Image Name
4117* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004119The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4120and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4121CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004122
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004124Linux Support:
4125==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004127Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4128easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4129U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004131U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4132special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4133"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4134instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4135serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4138 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4139 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4142 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4145 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4146 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4147 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4148 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4149 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152Linux HOWTO:
4153============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4156---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004158U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4159configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4160(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4161Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004163But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4166include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004167Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4168and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004169as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004171Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4172If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4173is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4174doc/driver-model.
4175
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004177Configuring the Linux kernel:
4178-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4181device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004184Building a Linux Image:
4185-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004187With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4188not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4189"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4190U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4191which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4192100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004194Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004196 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197 make oldconfig
4198 make dep
4199 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004201The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4202encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4203CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004205* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4210 -R .note -R .comment \
4211 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004215 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4220 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4221 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004222
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4225with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4226combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4227byte header containing information about target architecture,
4228operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4229stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004231"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4232print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004234In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4235contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4236checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238 tools/mkimage -l image
4239 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4242from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4245 -n name -d data_file image
4246 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4247 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4248 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4249 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4250 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4251 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4252 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4253 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004254
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004255Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4256address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4257kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004259- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4260- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004262So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4265 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004266 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004267 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4268 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4269 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4270 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4271 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4272 Load Address: 0x00000000
4273 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4278 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4279 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4280 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4281 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4282 Load Address: 0x00000000
4283 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004285NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4286speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4287needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4288need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004290 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4292 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004293 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4295 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4296 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4297 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4298 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4299 Load Address: 0x00000000
4300 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004303Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4304when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004306 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4307 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4308 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4309 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4310 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4311 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4312 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4313 Load Address: 0x00000000
4314 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004315
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004316The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4317option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4318option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4319from the image:
4320
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004321 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4322 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4323 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4324 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004325
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004327Installing a Linux Image:
4328-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4331you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004333 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4336image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4337address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4338specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4339command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4342TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004344 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004346 .......... done
4347 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349 => loads 40100000
4350 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4351 ~>examples/image.srec
4352 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4353 ...
4354 15989 15990 15991 15992
4355 [file transfer complete]
4356 [connected]
4357 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
4359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004360You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004361this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004366 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4367 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4368 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4369 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4370 Load Address: 00000000
4371 Entry Point: 0000000c
4372 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373
4374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375Boot Linux:
4376-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4379memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4380of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4381parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4382"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004383
4384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004385 => printenv bootargs
4386 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 => printenv bootargs
4391 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393 => bootm 40020000
4394 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4395 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4396 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4397 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4398 Load Address: 00000000
4399 Entry Point: 0000000c
4400 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4401 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4402 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4403 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4404 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4405 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4406 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4407 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004408
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004409If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004410the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4411format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004415 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4416 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4417 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4418 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4419 Load Address: 00000000
4420 Entry Point: 0000000c
4421 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4424 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4425 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4426 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4427 Load Address: 00000000
4428 Entry Point: 00000000
4429 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004431 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4432 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4433 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4434 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4435 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4436 Load Address: 00000000
4437 Entry Point: 0000000c
4438 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4439 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4440 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4441 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4442 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4443 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4444 Load Address: 00000000
4445 Entry Point: 00000000
4446 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4447 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4448 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4449 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4450 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4451 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4452 ...
4453 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4454 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004456 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004457
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004458Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4459-----------
4460
4461First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4462titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4463following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4464flat device tree:
4465
4466=> print oftaddr
4467oftaddr=0x300000
4468=> print oft
4469oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4470=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4471Speed: 1000, full duplex
4472Using TSEC0 device
4473TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4474Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4475Load address: 0x300000
4476Loading: #
4477done
4478Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4479=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4480Speed: 1000, full duplex
4481Using TSEC0 device
4482TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4483Filename 'uImage'.
4484Load address: 0x200000
4485Loading:############
4486done
4487Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4488=> print loadaddr
4489loadaddr=200000
4490=> print oftaddr
4491oftaddr=0x300000
4492=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4493## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004494 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4495 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4496 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004497 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004498 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004499 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4500 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4501Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4502Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4503Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4504[snip]
4505
4506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507More About U-Boot Image Types:
4508------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4513 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4514 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4515 the Standalone Program.
4516 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4517 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4518 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4519 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4520 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4521 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4522 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4523 being started.
4524 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4525 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4526 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4527 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4528 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4529 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004531 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4532 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4533 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4534 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4535 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4536 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4539 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4540 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4543 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4544 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4545 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004546
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004547Booting the Linux zImage:
4548-------------------------
4549
4550On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4551using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4552as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4553
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004554Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004555kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4556address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4557format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4558
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560Standalone HOWTO:
4561=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004563One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4564run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4565U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569"Hello World" Demo:
4570-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4573application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4574It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4575like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577 => loads
4578 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4579 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4580 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4581 [file transfer complete]
4582 [connected]
4583 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004585 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4586 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4587 Hello World
4588 argc = 7
4589 argv[0] = "40004"
4590 argv[1] = "Hello"
4591 argv[2] = "World!"
4592 argv[3] = "This"
4593 argv[4] = "is"
4594 argv[5] = "a"
4595 argv[6] = "test."
4596 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4597 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4602handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4603Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4604The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4605character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4606controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4609 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4610 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4611 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 => loads
4614 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4615 ~>examples/timer.srec
4616 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4617 [file transfer complete]
4618 [connected]
4619 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621 => go 40004
4622 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4623 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4624 Using timer 1
4625 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627Hit 'b':
4628 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4629 Enabling timer
4630Hit '?':
4631 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4632 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4633Hit '?':
4634 [q, b, e, ?] .
4635 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4636Hit '?':
4637 [q, b, e, ?] .
4638 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4639Hit '?':
4640 [q, b, e, ?] .
4641 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4642Hit 'e':
4643 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4644Hit 'q':
4645 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
4647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648Minicom warning:
4649================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4652"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4653consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4654Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4655especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004656use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4657http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4658for help with kermit.
4659
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004661Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4662configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4665 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4666 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004667
4668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669NetBSD Notes:
4670=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004672Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4673(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4676NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4677need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4678Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4679attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4680missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4683 # mkdir powerpc
4684 # ln -s powerpc machine
4685 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4686 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4689and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4692stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4693proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4694tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004695meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004696
4697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698Implementation Internals:
4699=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4702implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4703inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4704hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
4706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004707Initial Stack, Global Data:
4708---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4711starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4712system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4713This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4714is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4715at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4716options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4717models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4718MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4719locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004721 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004722 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4725 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4726 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4727 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4730 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4731 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4732 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4733 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004734 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4736 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4739 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004740 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4742 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4743 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4744 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004746 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4748 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004749 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4751 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4752 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4753 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4754 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756 -Chris Hallinan
4757 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4760code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4763 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004765* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4767 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004769* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4770 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004773normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4775simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4776functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4777functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4778the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4779place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4780reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4783relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4784GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4787 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004788 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4790 R5-R10: parameter passing
4791 R13: small data area pointer
4792 R30: GOT pointer
4793 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004795 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4796 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4797 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004799 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4802 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4803 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4804 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4805 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4806 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810 R0: function argument word/integer result
4811 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004812 R9: platform specific
4813 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004814 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4815 R12: temporary workspace
4816 R13: stack pointer
4817 R14: link register
4818 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004820 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4821
4822 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004824On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4825 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4826
4827 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4828
4829 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4830 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4831
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004832On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4833
4834 R0-R1: argument/return
4835 R2-R5: argument
4836 R15: temporary register for assembler
4837 R16: trampoline register
4838 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4839 R29: global pointer (GP)
4840 R30: link register (LP)
4841 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4842 PC: program counter (PC)
4843
4844 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4845
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004846NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4847or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004848
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004849On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4850
4851 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4852 x1: return address (ra)
4853 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4854 x3: global pointer (gp)
4855 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4856 x5: link register (t0)
4857 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4858 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4859 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4860 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4861 pc: program counter (pc)
4862
4863 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865Memory Management:
4866------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004868U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4869MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4872controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4873memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4874physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4877TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4878booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4879to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004880memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004881configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4882Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004884Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4885of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4888this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4891 :
4892 0x0000 1FFF
4893 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4894 :
4895 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897 :
4898 :
4899 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4900 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4901 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4902 :
4903 0x00FD FFFF
4904 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4905 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4906 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4907 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004908
4909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910System Initialization:
4911----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004914(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004915configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4917To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4918initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004919which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4920cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4921the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4924preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4925(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4926on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4927programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4928simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4929banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4932different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4933bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49340x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4935contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4938and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4939Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4940pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4943until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4944running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4945new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
4947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948U-Boot Porting Guide:
4949----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4952list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
4954
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004955int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956{
4957 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004958
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004959 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4960 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004963 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964 return 0;
4965 }
4966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967 Download latest U-Boot source;
4968
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004969 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004971 if (clueless)
4972 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974 while (learning) {
4975 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004976 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4977 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004979 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004982 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4983 Buy a BDI3000;
4984 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004986
4987 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4988 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4989 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4990 } else {
4991 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4992 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004994 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4995 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004996
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004997 while (!accepted) {
4998 while (!running) {
4999 do {
5000 Add / modify source code;
5001 } until (compiles);
5002 Debug;
5003 if (clueless)
5004 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5005 }
5006 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5007 if (reasonable critiques)
5008 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5009 else
5010 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005013 return 0;
5014}
5015
5016void no_more_time (int sig)
5017{
5018 hire_a_guru();
5019}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005020
5021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022Coding Standards:
5023-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siach659208d2017-12-10 17:34:35 +02005026coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
5027https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
5028script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005030Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5031MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005032reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005033sources.
5034
5035Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5036Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5037in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038
5039Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5040- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005041- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005043- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005044- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5045
5046Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5047with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
5049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050Submitting Patches:
5051-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5054establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5055may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005057Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005058
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005059Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childs1dade182017-11-14 22:56:42 -08005060see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5063it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5066 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5067 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5070 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5073
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005074* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5075 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005077* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5078 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079
5080* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5081 document these in the README file.
5082
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005083* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5084 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005085 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005086 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5087 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005089 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5090 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5091 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005093 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5094 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5095 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5096 affected files).
5097
5098 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5099 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100
5101* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5102 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5103
5104* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5105 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5106
5107
5108Notes:
5109
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005110* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5112 for any of the boards.
5113
5114* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5115 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5116 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5117
5118* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5119 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5120 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5121 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5122 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5123 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005124
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005125* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5126 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5127 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5128 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.